blob: 276f660b21bc29490ec46c8d65b59391e6736b93 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreaub03d2982009-07-29 22:38:32 +02007 2009/07/27
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
344preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100351Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200483 will return various statictics outputs and even allow some commands to be
484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
692bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
727default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200728description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100729disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200730dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100731enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200732errorfile X X X X
733errorloc X X X X
734errorloc302 X X X X
735errorloc303 X X X X
736fullconn X - X X
737grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200738hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100739http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200740id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200741log X X X X
742maxconn X X X -
743mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100744monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200745monitor-net X X X -
746monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100747[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200748[no] option accept-invalid-
749 http-request X X X -
750[no] option accept-invalid-
751 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100752[no] option allbackups X - X X
753[no] option checkcache X - X X
754[no] option clitcpka X X X -
755[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200756[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100757[no] option dontlognull X X X -
758[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200759option forwardfor X X X X
760option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100761[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200762option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200763[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200764[no] option independant-
765 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200766[no] option log-health- X - X X
767 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200768[no] option log-separate-
769 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100770[no] option logasap X X X -
771[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200772option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100773[no] option persist X - X X
774[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200775option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200776[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100777[no] option splice-auto X X X X
778[no] option splice-request X X X X
779[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100780[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200781option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200782[no] option tcp-smart-
783 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200784option tcpka X X X X
785option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100786[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200787persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100788rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200789redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100790redisp X - X X (deprecated)
791redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200792reqadd - X X X
793reqallow - X X X
794reqdel - X X X
795reqdeny - X X X
796reqiallow - X X X
797reqidel - X X X
798reqideny - X X X
799reqipass - X X X
800reqirep - X X X
801reqisetbe - X X X
802reqitarpit - X X X
803reqpass - X X X
804reqrep - X X X
805reqsetbe - X X X
806reqtarpit - X X X
807retries X - X X
808rspadd - X X X
809rspdel - X X X
810rspdeny - X X X
811rspidel - X X X
812rspideny - X X X
813rspirep - X X X
814rsprep - X X X
815server - - X X
816source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100817srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200818stats auth X - X X
819stats enable X - X X
820stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200821stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200822stats scope X - X X
823stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200824stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200825tcp-request content accept - X X -
826tcp-request content reject - X X -
827tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100828timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100829timeout client X X X -
830timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
831timeout connect X - X X
832timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200833timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100834timeout queue X - X X
835timeout server X - X X
836timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100837timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100838transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200839use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200840----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
841keyword defaults frontend listen backend
842
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100843
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008444.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
845---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100846
847This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
848
849
850acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
851 Declare or complete an access list.
852 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
853 no | yes | yes | yes
854 Example:
855 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
856 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
857 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
858
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200859 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100860
861
862appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
863 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
864 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
865 no | no | yes | yes
866 Arguments :
867 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
868 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
869
870 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
871 checked in each cookie value.
872
873 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
874 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
875 milliseconds.
876
877 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
878 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
879 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
880 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
881 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
882 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
883 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
884 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
885 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
886
887 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
888
889 Example :
890 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
891
892 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
893
894
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100895backlog <conns>
896 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
897 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
898 yes | yes | yes | no
899 Arguments :
900 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
901 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
902 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
903
904 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
905 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
906 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
907 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
908 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
909 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
910 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
911 backlog parameter.
912
913 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
914 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
915 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
916
917 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
918
919
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100920balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200921balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100922 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
923 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
924 yes | no | yes | yes
925 Arguments :
926 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
927 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
928 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
929 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
930
931 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
932 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
933 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
934 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200935 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
936 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
937 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
938 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
939 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
940 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
941 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
942 it, so that you don't worry.
943
944 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
945 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
946 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
947 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
948 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
949 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
950 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
951 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100952
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100953 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
954 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
955 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
956 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
957 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
958 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
959 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
960 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
961
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100962 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
963 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
964 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
965 address will always reach the same server as long as no
966 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
967 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
968 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
969 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
970 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
971 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200972 static by default, which means that changing a server's
973 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
974 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100975
976 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
977 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
978 result designates which server will receive the request. This
979 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
980 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
981 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
982 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200983 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
984 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
985 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100986
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200987 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
988 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
989 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
990 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
991 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
992 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
993 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
994 URIs start with a leading "/".
995
996 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
997 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
998 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
999 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1000
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001001 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001002 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1003
1004 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1005 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1006 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1007 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1008 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1009 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1010 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1011 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1012 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1013 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1014 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1015 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1016 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1017 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1018 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1019 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1020 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1021 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1022 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1023 be randomly balanced if at all.
1024
1025 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1026 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1027 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1028 server will receive the request.
1029
1030 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1031 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1032 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1033 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1034 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001035 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1036 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1037 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001038
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001039 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1040 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1041 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
1042 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
1043 algorithm is applied instead.
1044
1045 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
1046 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1047 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1048 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1049
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001050 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1051 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1052 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1053
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001054 rdp-cookie
1055 rdp-cookie(name)
1056 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1057 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1058 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1059 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1060 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1061 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
1062 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
1063 used instead.
1064
1065 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1066 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1067 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1068 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1069
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001070 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1071 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1072 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1073
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001074 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001075 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1076 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001077
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001078 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001079 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001080
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001081 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1082 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1083 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001084
1085 Examples :
1086 balance roundrobin
1087 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001088 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001089 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1090 balance hdr(host)
1091 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001092
1093 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1094 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1095
1096 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
1097 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1098 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1099 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1100 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1101
1102 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1103 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1104 defaults to 16 kB.
1105
1106 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1107 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1108
1109 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1110 Round Robin.
1111
1112 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1113 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1114 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1115 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1116
1117 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1118
1119 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1120 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1121 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1122 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1123 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001124
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001125 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1126 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001127
1128
1129bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001130bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001131bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001132bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001133bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1134bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001135 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1136 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1137 no | yes | yes | no
1138 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001139 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1140 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1141 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1142 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1143 special address "0.0.0.0".
1144
1145 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1146 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1147 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001148
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001149 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1150 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1151 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1152 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1153 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1154 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1155 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1156 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1157 privileges.
1158
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001159 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1160 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1161 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1162 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1163 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1164 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1165 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1166 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1167
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001168 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1169 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1170 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1171 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001172
1173 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1174
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001175 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1176 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1177 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1178 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1179 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1180 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1181 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1182 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1183 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001184
1185 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1186 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1187 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1188 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1189 in a frontend.
1190
1191 Example :
1192 listen http_proxy
1193 bind :80,:443
1194 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1195
1196 See also : "source".
1197
1198
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001199bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1200 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1201 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1202 yes | yes | yes | yes
1203 Arguments :
1204 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1205 may be used to override a default value.
1206
1207 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1208 option may be combined with other numbers.
1209
1210 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1211 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1212 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1213 missing from all processes.
1214
1215 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1216 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1217 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1218 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1219
1220 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1221 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1222 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1223 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1224 and 'even' instances.
1225
1226 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1227 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1228 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1229 32.
1230
1231 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1232 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1233
1234 Example :
1235 listen app_ip1
1236 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1237 bind_process odd
1238
1239 listen app_ip2
1240 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1241 bind_process even
1242
1243 listen management
1244 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1245 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1246
1247 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1248
1249
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001250block { if | unless } <condition>
1251 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1252 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1253 no | yes | yes | yes
1254
1255 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1256 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001257 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001258 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1259 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1260 "block" statements per instance.
1261
1262 Example:
1263 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1264 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1265 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1266 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1267
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001268 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001269
1270
1271capture cookie <name> len <length>
1272 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1273 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1274 no | yes | yes | no
1275 Arguments :
1276 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1277 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1278 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1279 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1280 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1281
1282 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1283 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1284 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1285 right if it exceeds <length>.
1286
1287 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1288 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1289 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1290 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1291
1292 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1293 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1294 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1295
1296 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1297 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1298 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1299 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1300 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1301 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1302
1303 Example:
1304 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1305
1306 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001307 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001308
1309
1310capture request header <name> len <length>
1311 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1312 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1313 no | yes | yes | no
1314 Arguments :
1315 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001316 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001317 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1318 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1319 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1320
1321 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1322 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1323 it exceeds <length>.
1324
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001325 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001326 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1327 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001328 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1329 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1330 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1331 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1332 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1333 environments to find where the request came from.
1334
1335 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1336 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1337 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1338 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001339
1340 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1341 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1342 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1343 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1344
1345 Example:
1346 capture request header Host len 15
1347 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1348 capture request header Referrer len 15
1349
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001350 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001351 about logging.
1352
1353
1354capture response header <name> len <length>
1355 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1356 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1357 no | yes | yes | no
1358 Arguments :
1359 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001360 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001361 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1362 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1363 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1364
1365 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1366 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1367 it exceeds <length>.
1368
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001369 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001370 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1371 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1372 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001373 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1374 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1375 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1376 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001377
1378 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1379 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1380 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1381 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1382
1383 Example:
1384 capture response header Content-length len 9
1385 capture response header Location len 15
1386
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001387 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001388 about logging.
1389
1390
1391clitimeout <timeout>
1392 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1393 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1394 yes | yes | yes | no
1395 Arguments :
1396 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1397 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1398 as explained at the top of this document.
1399
1400 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1401 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1402 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1403 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1404 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1405 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1406 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1407 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001408 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001409 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1410 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1411
1412 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1413 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1414 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1415 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1416 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1417 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1418
1419 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1420 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1421
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001422 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1423 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001424
1425
1426contimeout <timeout>
1427 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1428 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1429 yes | no | yes | yes
1430 Arguments :
1431 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1432 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1433 as explained at the top of this document.
1434
1435 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001436 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001437 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1438 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1439 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1440 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1441 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1442
1443 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1444 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1445 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1446 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1447 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1448 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1449
1450 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1451 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1452 instead.
1453
1454 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1455 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1456
1457
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001458cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1459 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001460 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1461 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1462 yes | no | yes | yes
1463 Arguments :
1464 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1465 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1466 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1467 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1468 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1469 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1470 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1471 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1472 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1473
1474 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1475 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1476 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1477 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1478 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1479 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1480 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1481 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1482 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1483 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1484 "insert" and "prefix".
1485
1486 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1487 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1488 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1489 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1490 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1491 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1492 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1493 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1494 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1495
1496 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1497 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1498 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1499 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1500 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1501 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1502 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1503 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1504 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1505 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1506 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1507
1508 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1509 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1510 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1511 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1512 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1513 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1514 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1515 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1516 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1517 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1518
1519 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1520 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1521 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1522 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1523 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1524 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1525 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1526 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1527 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1528
1529 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1530 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1531 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1532 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1533 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1534 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1535 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1536 persistence cookie in the cache.
1537 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1538
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001539 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1540 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1541 name.
1542
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001543 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1544 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1545 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1546 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001547
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001548 Examples :
1549 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1550 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1551 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1552
1553 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1554
1555
1556default_backend <backend>
1557 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1558 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1559 yes | yes | yes | no
1560 Arguments :
1561 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1562
1563 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1564 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1565 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1566 will catch all undetermined requests.
1567
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001568 Example :
1569
1570 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1571 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1572 default_backend dynamic
1573
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001574 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1575
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001576
1577disabled
1578 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1579 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1580 yes | yes | yes | yes
1581 Arguments : none
1582
1583 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1584 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1585 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1586 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1587 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1588 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1589 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1590
1591 See also : "enabled"
1592
1593
1594enabled
1595 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1596 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1597 yes | yes | yes | yes
1598 Arguments : none
1599
1600 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1601 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1602
1603 See also : "disabled"
1604
1605
1606errorfile <code> <file>
1607 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1608 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1609 yes | yes | yes | yes
1610 Arguments :
1611 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1612 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1613
1614 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001615 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001616 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001617 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1618 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001619
1620 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1621 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1622 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1623
1624 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1625 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1626 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1627 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1628
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001629 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1630 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1631 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1632 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1633 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1634 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1635
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001636 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1637 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1638 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001639 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001640 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1641
1642 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1643
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001644 Example :
1645 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1646 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1647 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1648
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001649
1650errorloc <code> <url>
1651errorloc302 <code> <url>
1652 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1653 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1654 yes | yes | yes | yes
1655 Arguments :
1656 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1657 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1658
1659 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1660 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1661 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1662 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1663 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1664
1665 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1666 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1667 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1668
1669 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1670 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1671 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1672 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1673 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1674 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1675 request.
1676
1677 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1678
1679
1680errorloc303 <code> <url>
1681 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1682 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1683 yes | yes | yes | yes
1684 Arguments :
1685 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1686 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1687
1688 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1689 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1690 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1691 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1692 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1693
1694 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1695 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1696 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1697
1698 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1699 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1700 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1701 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001702 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001703
1704 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1705
1706
1707fullconn <conns>
1708 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1709 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1710 yes | no | yes | yes
1711 Arguments :
1712 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1713 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1714
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001715 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001716 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001717 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001718 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1719 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1720 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1721 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1722 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1723 exceptionnal loads.
1724
1725 Example :
1726 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1727 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1728 # connections.
1729 backend dynamic
1730 fullconn 10000
1731 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1732 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1733
1734 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1735
1736
1737grace <time>
1738 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1739 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1740 no | yes | yes | yes
1741 Arguments :
1742 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1743 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1744 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1745
1746 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1747 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1748 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1749 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1750
1751 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1752 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1753 simplify it.
1754
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001755
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001756hash-type <method>
1757 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1758 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1759 yes | no | yes | yes
1760 Arguments :
1761 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1762 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1763 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1764 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1765 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1766 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1767 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1768 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1769 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1770
1771 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1772 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1773 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1774 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1775 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1776 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1777 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1778 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1779 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1780 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1781 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1782 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1783 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1784
1785 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1786
1787 See also : "balance", "server"
1788
1789
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001790http-check disable-on-404
1791 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1792 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001793 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001794 Arguments : none
1795
1796 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1797 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1798 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1799 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1800 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1801 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1802 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1803 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1804 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1805
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001806 See also : "option httpchk"
1807
1808
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001809id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001810 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1811 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1812 no | yes | yes | yes
1813 Arguments : none
1814
1815 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1816 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1817 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001818
1819
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001820log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001821log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001822 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1823 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1824 yes | yes | yes | yes
1825 Arguments :
1826 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1827 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1828 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1829 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1830 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1831 parameter.
1832
1833 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1834 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1835
1836 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1837 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1838 standard syslog port).
1839
1840 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1841 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1842 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1843 appropriately writeable).
1844
1845 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1846
1847 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1848 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1849 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1850
1851 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1852 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1853 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001854 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1855 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1856 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1857 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1858 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001859
1860 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1861
1862 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1863 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1864 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1865
1866 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001867 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1868 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1869 "info".
1870
1871 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1872 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1873 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1874 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1875
1876 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1877 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001878
1879 Example :
1880 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001881 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1882 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001883
1884
1885maxconn <conns>
1886 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1887 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1888 yes | yes | yes | no
1889 Arguments :
1890 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1891 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1892 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1893 closes.
1894
1895 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1896 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1897 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1898 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1899 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1900 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1901 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1902 properly tuned.
1903
1904 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1905 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1906 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1907
1908 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1909
1910
1911mode { tcp|http|health }
1912 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1913 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1914 yes | yes | yes | yes
1915 Arguments :
1916 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1917 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1918 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1919 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1920
1921 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1922 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1923 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1924 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1925 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1926
1927 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1928 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1929 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1930 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1931 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1932 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1933
1934 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1935 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1936 will be refused.
1937
1938 Example :
1939 defaults http_instances
1940 mode http
1941
1942 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1943
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001944
1945monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001946 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001947 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1948 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001949 Arguments :
1950 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1951 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1952 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1953 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1954 backend and its backup.
1955
1956 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1957 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1958 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1959 servers in a list of backends.
1960
1961 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1962 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1963 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1964 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1965 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1966 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1967 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001968 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001969
1970 Example:
1971 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001972 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001973 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1974 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1975 monitor-uri /site_alive
1976 monitor fail if site_dead
1977
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001978 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1979
1980
1981monitor-net <source>
1982 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1983 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1984 yes | yes | yes | no
1985 Arguments :
1986 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1987 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1988 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1989 followed by a mask.
1990
1991 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1992 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1993 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1994 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1995
1996 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1997 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1998 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1999 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2000 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2001
2002 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2003 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2004 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2005 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2006 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2007
2008 Example :
2009 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2010 frontend www
2011 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2012
2013 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2014
2015
2016monitor-uri <uri>
2017 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2018 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2019 yes | yes | yes | no
2020 Arguments :
2021 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2022 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2023
2024 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2025 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2026 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2027 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2028 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2029 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2030 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2031 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2032
2033 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2034 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2035 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2036 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2037 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2038 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2039
2040 Example :
2041 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2042 frontend www
2043 mode http
2044 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2045
2046 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2047
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002048
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002049option abortonclose
2050no option abortonclose
2051 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2052 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2053 yes | no | yes | yes
2054 Arguments : none
2055
2056 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2057 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2058 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2059 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002060 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002061 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2062 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2063 encountered while delivering the response.
2064
2065 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2066 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2067 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2068 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2069 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2070 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
2071 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
2072 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002073 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002074 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2075 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2076 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2077
2078 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2079 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2080 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2081 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2082 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2083 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2084 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2085 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2086 reduces the response time for other users.
2087
2088 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2089 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2090
2091 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2092
2093
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002094option accept-invalid-http-request
2095no option accept-invalid-http-request
2096 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2097 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2098 yes | yes | yes | no
2099 Arguments : none
2100
2101 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2102 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2103 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2104 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2105 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2106 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2107 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2108 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2109 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2110
2111 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2112 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2113 been confirmed.
2114
2115 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2116 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2117 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2118 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2119
2120 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2121 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2122
2123 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2124 stats socket.
2125
2126
2127option accept-invalid-http-response
2128no option accept-invalid-http-response
2129 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2130 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2131 yes | no | yes | yes
2132 Arguments : none
2133
2134 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2135 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2136 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2137 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2138 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2139 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2140 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2141 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2142 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2143
2144 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2145 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2146 been confirmed.
2147
2148 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2149 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2150 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2151 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2152
2153 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2154 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2155
2156 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2157 stats socket.
2158
2159
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002160option allbackups
2161no option allbackups
2162 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2163 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2164 yes | no | yes | yes
2165 Arguments : none
2166
2167 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2168 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2169 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2170 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2171 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2172 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2173 order between the backup servers anymore.
2174
2175 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2176 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2177
2178 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2179 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2180
2181
2182option checkcache
2183no option checkcache
2184 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2185 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2186 yes | no | yes | yes
2187 Arguments : none
2188
2189 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2190 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2191 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2192 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2193 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2194 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2195
2196 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2197 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002198 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002199 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2200 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002201 to the client are :
2202 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002203 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002204 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002205 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2206 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2207 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2208 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2209 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2210 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2211 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2212 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2213 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2214 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2215 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2216
2217 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002218 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002219 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2220 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2221 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2222
2223 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2224 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002225 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002226 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2227
2228 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2229 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2230
2231
2232option clitcpka
2233no option clitcpka
2234 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2235 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2236 yes | yes | yes | no
2237 Arguments : none
2238
2239 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2240 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2241 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2242 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2243
2244 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2245 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2246 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2247 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2248
2249 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2250 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2251 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2252 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2253 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2254
2255 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2256
2257 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2258 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2259 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2260
2261 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2262 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2263
2264 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2265
2266
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002267option contstats
2268 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2269 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2270 yes | yes | yes | no
2271 Arguments : none
2272
2273 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2274 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2275 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2276 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2277 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2278 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2279 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2280
2281
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002282option dontlog-normal
2283no option dontlog-normal
2284 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2285 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2286 yes | yes | yes | no
2287 Arguments : none
2288
2289 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2290 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2291 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2292 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2293 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2294 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2295 logged.
2296
2297 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2298 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2299 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2300
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002301 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002302 logging.
2303
2304
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002305option dontlognull
2306no option dontlognull
2307 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2308 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2309 yes | yes | yes | no
2310 Arguments : none
2311
2312 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2313 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2314 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2315 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2316 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2317 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2318 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2319
2320 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2321 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2322 would not be logged.
2323
2324 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2325 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2326
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002327 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002328
2329
2330option forceclose
2331no option forceclose
2332 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2333 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2334 yes | no | yes | yes
2335 Arguments : none
2336
2337 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2338 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2339 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2340 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2341 global session times in the logs.
2342
2343 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2344 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2345 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2346 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2347 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2348
2349 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2350 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2351
2352 See also : "option httpclose"
2353
2354
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002355option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002356 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2357 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2358 yes | yes | yes | yes
2359 Arguments :
2360 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2361 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002362 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2363 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002364
2365 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2366 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2367 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2368 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2369 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2370 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2371 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002372 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2373 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2374 possible that the client has already brought one.
2375
2376 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2377 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2378 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2379 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2380 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2381 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002382
2383 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2384 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2385 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2386 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2387 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2388 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2389 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2390
2391 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002392 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2393 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2394 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002395
2396 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2397 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2398 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2399 when using this option.
2400
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002401 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002402 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2403 frontend www
2404 mode http
2405 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2406
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002407 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2408 backend www
2409 mode http
2410 option forwardfor header X-Client
2411
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002412 See also : "option httpclose"
2413
2414
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002415option httpchk
2416option httpchk <uri>
2417option httpchk <method> <uri>
2418option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2419 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2420 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2421 yes | no | yes | yes
2422 Arguments :
2423 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2424 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2425 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2426 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2427 ones.
2428
2429 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2430 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2431 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2432
2433 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2434 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2435 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2436 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2437 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2438
2439 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2440 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2441 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2442 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2443 the lack of any response.
2444
2445 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2446
2447 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2448 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2449 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2450
2451 Examples :
2452 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2453 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2454 backend https_relay
2455 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002456 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002457 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2458
2459 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2460 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2461
2462
2463option httpclose
2464no option httpclose
2465 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2466 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2467 yes | yes | yes | yes
2468 Arguments : none
2469
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002470 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002471 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2472 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2473 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2474 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2475 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2476 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2477 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2478 be removed.
2479
2480 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2481 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2482 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2483 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2484 the request connection once the server responds.
2485
2486 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2487 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2488 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2489
2490 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2491 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2492
2493 See also : "option forceclose"
2494
2495
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002496option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002497 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2498 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2499 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002500 Arguments :
2501 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2502 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2503 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2504 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2505 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002506
2507 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2508 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2509 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2510 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2511 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2512 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2513 ports.
2514
2515 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2516
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002517 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2518 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2519 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2520 by default.
2521
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002522 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002523
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002524
2525option http_proxy
2526no option http_proxy
2527 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2528 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2529 yes | yes | yes | yes
2530 Arguments : none
2531
2532 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2533 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2534 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2535 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2536 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2537
2538 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2539 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2540 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2541 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2542 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2543 be analyzed.
2544
2545 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2546 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2547
2548 Example :
2549 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2550 backend direct_forward
2551 option httpclose
2552 option http_proxy
2553
2554 See also : "option httpclose"
2555
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002556
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002557option independant-streams
2558no option independant-streams
2559 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2560 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2561 yes | yes | yes | yes
2562 Arguments : none
2563
2564 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2565 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2566 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2567 receive data or not.
2568
2569 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2570 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2571 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2572 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2573 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2574 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2575 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2576 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2577 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2578 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2579 socket buffers.
2580
2581 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2582 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2583 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2584 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2585 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2586
2587 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2588
2589
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002590option log-health-checks
2591no option log-health-checks
2592 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2593 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2594 yes | no | yes | yes
2595 Arguments : none
2596
2597 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2598 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2599 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2600 of additional information is limited.
2601
2602 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2603 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2604
2605 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2606
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002607
2608option log-separate-errors
2609no option log-separate-errors
2610 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2611 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2612 yes | yes | yes | no
2613 Arguments : none
2614
2615 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2616 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2617 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2618 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2619 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2620 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2621 provides very important information.
2622
2623 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2624 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2625 error logs.
2626
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002627 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002628 logging.
2629
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002630
2631option logasap
2632no option logasap
2633 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2634 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2635 yes | yes | yes | no
2636 Arguments : none
2637
2638 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2639 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2640 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2641 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2642 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2643 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2644 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002645 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002646 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2647 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2648
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002649 Examples :
2650 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2651 mode http
2652 option httplog
2653 option logasap
2654 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2655
2656 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2657 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2658 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2659 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2660
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002661 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002662 logging.
2663
2664
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002665option nolinger
2666no option nolinger
2667 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2668 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2669 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002670 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002671
2672 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2673 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2674 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2675 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2676 connections.
2677
2678 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2679 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2680 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2681 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2682 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2683 this too.
2684
2685 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2686 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2687 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2688
2689 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2690 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2691 for servers.
2692
2693 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2694 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2695
2696
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002697option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2698 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2699 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2700 yes | yes | yes | yes
2701 Arguments :
2702 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2703 matching <network>
2704 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2705 header name.
2706
2707 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2708 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2709 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2710 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2711 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2712 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2713 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2714 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2715 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2716 possible that the client has already brought one.
2717
2718 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2719 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2720 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2721 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2722 header and requires different one.
2723
2724 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2725 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2726 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2727 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2728 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2729 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2730 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2731
2732 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2733 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2734 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2735 both are defined.
2736
2737 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2738 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2739 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2740 when using this option.
2741
2742 Examples :
2743 # Original Destination address
2744 frontend www
2745 mode http
2746 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2747
2748 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2749 backend www
2750 mode http
2751 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2752
2753 See also : "option httpclose"
2754
2755
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002756option persist
2757no option persist
2758 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2759 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2760 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002761 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002762
2763 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2764 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2765 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2766 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2767 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2768 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2769 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2770 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2771 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2772 redirected to another valid server.
2773
2774 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2775 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2776
2777 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2778
2779
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002780option redispatch
2781no option redispatch
2782 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2783 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2784 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002785 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002786
2787 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2788 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2789 be able to access the service anymore.
2790
2791 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2792 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2793
2794 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2795 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2796 value.
2797
2798 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2799 "redisp" keywords.
2800
2801 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2802 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2803
2804 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2805
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002806
2807option smtpchk
2808option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2809 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2810 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2811 yes | no | yes | yes
2812 Arguments :
2813 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2814 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2815 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2816
2817 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2818 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2819 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2820
2821 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2822 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2823 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2824 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2825 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2826 dead server.
2827
2828 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2829 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2830 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2831 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2832
2833 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2834 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2835 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2836 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2837 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2838
2839 Example :
2840 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2841
2842 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2843
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002844
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002845option socket-stats
2846no option socket-stats
2847
2848 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2849 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2850 yes | yes | yes | no
2851
2852 Arguments : none
2853
2854
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002855option splice-auto
2856no option splice-auto
2857 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2858 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2859 yes | yes | yes | yes
2860 Arguments : none
2861
2862 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2863 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2864 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2865 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2866 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2867 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2868 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2869 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2870 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2871
2872 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2873 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2874 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2875 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2876 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2877 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2878 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2879 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2880 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2881 keyword.
2882
2883 Example :
2884 option splice-auto
2885
2886 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2887 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2888
2889 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2890 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2891
2892
2893option splice-request
2894no option splice-request
2895 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2896 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2897 yes | yes | yes | yes
2898 Arguments : none
2899
2900 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2901 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2902 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2903 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2904 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2905 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2906
2907 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2908
2909 Example :
2910 option splice-request
2911
2912 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2913 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2914
2915 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2916 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2917
2918
2919option splice-response
2920no option splice-response
2921 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2922 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2923 yes | yes | yes | yes
2924 Arguments : none
2925
2926 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2927 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2928 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2929 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2930 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2931 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2932
2933 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2934
2935 Example :
2936 option splice-response
2937
2938 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2939 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2940
2941 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2942 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2943
2944
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002945option srvtcpka
2946no option srvtcpka
2947 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2948 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2949 yes | no | yes | yes
2950 Arguments : none
2951
2952 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2953 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2954 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2955 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2956
2957 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2958 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2959 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2960 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2961
2962 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2963 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2964 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2965 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2966 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2967
2968 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2969
2970 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2971 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2972 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2973
2974 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2975 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2976
2977 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2978
2979
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002980option ssl-hello-chk
2981 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2982 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2983 yes | no | yes | yes
2984 Arguments : none
2985
2986 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2987 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2988 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2989 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2990 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2991 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2992 hello message.
2993
2994 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2995 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2996 messages, which is appreciable.
2997
2998 See also: "option httpchk"
2999
3000
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003001option tcp-smart-accept
3002no option tcp-smart-accept
3003 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3004 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3005 yes | yes | yes | no
3006 Arguments : none
3007
3008 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3009 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3010 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3011 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3012 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3013 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3014
3015 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3016 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3017 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3018 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3019
3020 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3021 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3022 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3023 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3024
3025 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3026 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3027 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3028
3029 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3030 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3031 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3032
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003033 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3034
3035
3036option tcp-smart-connect
3037no option tcp-smart-connect
3038 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3039 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3040 yes | no | yes | yes
3041 Arguments : none
3042
3043 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3044 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3045 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3046 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3047 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3048
3049 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3050 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3051 complex.
3052
3053 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3054 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3055 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3056
3057 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3058 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3059
3060 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3061
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003062
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003063option tcpka
3064 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3065 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3066 yes | yes | yes | yes
3067 Arguments : none
3068
3069 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3070 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3071 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3072 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3073
3074 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3075 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3076 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3077 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3078
3079 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3080 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3081 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3082 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3083 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3084
3085 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3086
3087 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3088 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3089 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3090 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3091 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3092 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3093 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3094 backends.
3095
3096 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3097
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003098
3099option tcplog
3100 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3101 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3102 yes | yes | yes | yes
3103 Arguments : none
3104
3105 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3106 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3107 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3108 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3109 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3110 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3111 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3112 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3113
3114 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3115
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003116 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003117
3118
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003119option transparent
3120no option transparent
3121 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3122 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003123 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003124 Arguments : none
3125
3126 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3127 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3128 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3129 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3130 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3131 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3132 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3133 appropriate server.
3134
3135 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3136 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3137
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003138 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3139 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003140
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003141
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003142persist rdp-cookie
3143persist rdp-cookie(name)
3144 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3145 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3146 yes | no | yes | yes
3147 Arguments :
3148 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3149 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3150 no valid reason to change this name.
3151
3152 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3153 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3154 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3155 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3156 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3157 forwarded to this server.
3158
3159 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3160 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3161 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
3162 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
3163 a single "listen" section.
3164
3165 Example :
3166 listen tse-farm
3167 bind :3389
3168 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3169 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3170 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3171 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3172 persist rdp-cookie
3173 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3174 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3175 balance rdp-cookie
3176 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3177 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3178
3179 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3180
3181
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003182rate-limit sessions <rate>
3183 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3184 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3185 yes | yes | yes | no
3186 Arguments :
3187 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3188 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3189
3190 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3191 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3192 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3193 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3194 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3195 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3196
3197 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3198 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3199 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3200 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3201
3202 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3203 listen smtp
3204 mode tcp
3205 bind :25
3206 rate-limit sessions 10
3207 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3208
3209 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3210 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3211
3212 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3213
3214
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003215redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3216redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003217 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3218 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3219 no | yes | yes | yes
3220
3221 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003222 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003223
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003224 Arguments :
3225 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3226 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3227 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3228 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003229 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3230 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3231 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3232 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003233
3234 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3235 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3236 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3237 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3238 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3239 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3240 location with a GET method.
3241
3242 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3243 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3244
3245 - "drop-query"
3246 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3247 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3248 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3249 with a location-type redirect.
3250
3251 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3252 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3253 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3254 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3255 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3256 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3257 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3258
3259 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3260 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3261 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3262 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3263 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3264 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3265 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003266
3267 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3268 acl clear dst_port 80
3269 acl secure dst_port 8080
3270 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003271 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003272 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003273 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3274
3275 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003276 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3277 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3278 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003279 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003280
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003281 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003282
3283
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003284redisp (deprecated)
3285redispatch (deprecated)
3286 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3287 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3288 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003289 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003290
3291 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3292 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3293 be able to access the service anymore.
3294
3295 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3296 redistribute them to a working server.
3297
3298 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3299 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3300 value.
3301
3302 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3303 "option redispatch" instead.
3304
3305 See also : "option redispatch"
3306
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003307
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003308reqadd <string>
3309 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3310 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3311 no | yes | yes | yes
3312 Arguments :
3313 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3314 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003315 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003316
3317 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3318 the last header of an HTTP request.
3319
3320 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3321 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3322 responses.
3323
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003324 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003325
3326
3327reqallow <search>
3328reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3329 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3330 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3331 no | yes | yes | yes
3332 Arguments :
3333 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3334 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3335 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3336 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3337 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3338 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3339 ignores case.
3340
3341 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3342 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3343 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3344 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3345 header names are not.
3346
3347 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3348 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3349
3350 Example :
3351 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3352 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3353 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3354
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003355 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003356 manipulation
3357
3358
3359reqdel <search>
3360reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3361 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3362 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3363 no | yes | yes | yes
3364 Arguments :
3365 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3366 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3367 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3368 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3369 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3370 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3371
3372 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3373 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3374 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3375 next servers.
3376
3377 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3378 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3379 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3380
3381 Example :
3382 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3383 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3384 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3385
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003386 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003387 manipulation
3388
3389
3390reqdeny <search>
3391reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3392 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3393 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3394 no | yes | yes | yes
3395 Arguments :
3396 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3397 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3398 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3399 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3400 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3401 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3402 case.
3403
3404 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3405 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3406 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3407 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3408 header names are not.
3409
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003410 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003411 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003412 using ACLs.
3413
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003414 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3415 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3416
3417 Example :
3418 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3419 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3420 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3421
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003422 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003423 header manipulation
3424
3425
3426reqpass <search>
3427reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3428 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3429 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3430 no | yes | yes | yes
3431 Arguments :
3432 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3433 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3434 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3435 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3436 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3437 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3438 case.
3439
3440 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3441 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3442 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3443 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3444
3445 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3446 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3447
3448 Example :
3449 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3450 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3451 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3452 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3453
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003454 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003455 header manipulation
3456
3457
3458reqrep <search> <string>
3459reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3460 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3461 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3462 no | yes | yes | yes
3463 Arguments :
3464 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3465 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3466 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3467 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3468 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3469 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3470
3471 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3472 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3473 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3474 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003475 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003476
3477 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3478 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3479 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3480
3481 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3482 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3483 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3484 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3485 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3486
3487 Example :
3488 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3489 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3490 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3491 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3492
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003493 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003494 manipulation
3495
3496
3497reqtarpit <search>
3498reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3499 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3500 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3501 no | yes | yes | yes
3502 Arguments :
3503 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3504 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3505 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3506 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3507 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3508 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3509 ignores case.
3510
3511 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3512 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003513 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3514 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3515 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003516 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3517 not set.
3518
3519 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3520 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3521 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3522 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3523 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3524
3525 Example :
3526 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3527 # block all others.
3528 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3529 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3530
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003531 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003532 manipulation
3533
3534
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003535retries <value>
3536 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3537 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3538 yes | no | yes | yes
3539 Arguments :
3540 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3541 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3542 default value is 3.
3543
3544 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3545 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3546 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3547
3548 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3549 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3550
3551 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3552 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3553
3554 See also : "option redispatch"
3555
3556
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003557rspadd <string>
3558 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3559 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3560 no | yes | yes | yes
3561 Arguments :
3562 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3563 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003564 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003565
3566 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3567 the last header of an HTTP response.
3568
3569 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3570 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3571 responses.
3572
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003573 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003574
3575
3576rspdel <search>
3577rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3578 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3579 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3580 no | yes | yes | yes
3581 Arguments :
3582 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3583 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3584 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3585 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3586 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3587 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3588 ignores case.
3589
3590 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3591 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3592 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3593 client.
3594
3595 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3596 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3597 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3598
3599 Example :
3600 # remove the Server header from responses
3601 reqidel ^Server:.*
3602
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003603 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003604 manipulation
3605
3606
3607rspdeny <search>
3608rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3609 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3610 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3611 no | yes | yes | yes
3612 Arguments :
3613 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3614 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3615 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3616 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3617 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3618 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3619 ignores case.
3620
3621 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3622 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3623 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3624 case-sensitive.
3625
3626 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003627 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3628 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3629 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003630
3631 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3632 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3633
3634 Example :
3635 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3636 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3637
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003638 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003639 manipulation
3640
3641
3642rsprep <search> <string>
3643rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3644 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3645 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3646 no | yes | yes | yes
3647 Arguments :
3648 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3649 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3650 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3651 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3652 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3653 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3654 ignores case.
3655
3656 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3657 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3658 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3659 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003660 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003661
3662 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3663 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3664 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3665
3666 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3667 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3668 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3669 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3670 are not case-sensitive.
3671
3672 Example :
3673 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3674 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3675
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003676 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003677 manipulation
3678
3679
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003680server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3681 Declare a server in a backend
3682 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3683 no | no | yes | yes
3684 Arguments :
3685 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3686 appear in logs and alerts.
3687
3688 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3689 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3690 start-up.
3691
3692 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3693 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3694 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3695 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3696 adding this value to the client's port.
3697
3698 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3699 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003700 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003701
3702 Examples :
3703 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3704 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3705
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003706 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003707
3708
3709source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003710source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003711 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3712 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3713 yes | no | yes | yes
3714 Arguments :
3715 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3716 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3717 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3718 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3719
3720 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3721 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003722 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3723 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3724 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003725
3726 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3727 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3728 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3729 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3730 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3731 <addr>.
3732
3733 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3734 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3735 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3736 port.
3737
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003738 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3739 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3740 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3741 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3742 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3743 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3744
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003745 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3746 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3747 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3748 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3749
3750 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3751 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3752 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3753 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3754 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3755 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3756
3757 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3758 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3759 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3760 there are two methods :
3761
3762 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3763 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3764 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3765 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3766 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3767 of the client ranges may be used.
3768
3769 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3770 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3771 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3772 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3773 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3774 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3775 same session.
3776
3777 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3778 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3779 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3780 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3781 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3782 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3783
3784 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3785 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3786 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003787 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003788
3789 Examples :
3790 backend private
3791 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3792 source 192.168.1.200
3793
3794 backend transparent_ssl1
3795 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3796 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3797
3798 backend transparent_ssl2
3799 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3800 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3801 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3802
3803 backend transparent_ssl3
3804 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3805 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3806 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3807
3808 backend transparent_smtp
3809 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3810 # with Tproxy version 4.
3811 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3812
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003813 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003814 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3815
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003816
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003817srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3818 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3819 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3820 yes | no | yes | yes
3821 Arguments :
3822 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3823 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3824 as explained at the top of this document.
3825
3826 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3827 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3828 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3829 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3830 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3831 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3832 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3833
3834 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3835 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3836 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3837 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3838 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003839 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003840 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3841 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3842
3843 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3844 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3845 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3846 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3847 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3848 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3849
3850 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3851 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3852
3853 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3854
3855
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003856stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3857 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3858 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3859 yes | no | yes | yes
3860 Arguments :
3861 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3862
3863 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3864
3865 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3866 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3867 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3868 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3869 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3870 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3871
3872 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3873 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3874 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3875 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3876
3877 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3878 report using "stats scope".
3879
3880 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3881 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3882 unobvious parameters.
3883
3884 Example :
3885 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3886 backend public_www
3887 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3888 stats enable
3889 stats hide-version
3890 stats scope .
3891 stats uri /admin?stats
3892 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3893 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3894 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3895
3896 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3897 backend private_monitoring
3898 stats enable
3899 stats uri /admin?stats
3900 stats refresh 5s
3901
3902 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3903
3904
3905stats enable
3906 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3907 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3908 yes | no | yes | yes
3909 Arguments : none
3910
3911 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3912 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3913 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3914 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3915 - stats auth : no authentication
3916 - stats scope : no restriction
3917
3918 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3919 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3920 unobvious parameters.
3921
3922 Example :
3923 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3924 backend public_www
3925 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3926 stats enable
3927 stats hide-version
3928 stats scope .
3929 stats uri /admin?stats
3930 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3931 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3932 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3933
3934 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3935 backend private_monitoring
3936 stats enable
3937 stats uri /admin?stats
3938 stats refresh 5s
3939
3940 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3941
3942
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003943stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003944 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
3945 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3946 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003947 Arguments:
3948 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
3949 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003950
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003951 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3952 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
3953 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003954
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003955 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3956 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3957 unobvious parameters.
3958
3959 Example:
3960 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3961 backend private_monitoring
3962 stats enable
3963 stats show-node Europe-1
3964 stats uri /admin?stats
3965 stats refresh 5s
3966
3967 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
3968
3969
3970stats show-desc [ <description> ]
3971 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
3972 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3973 yes | no | yes | yes
3974
3975 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
3976 description from global section is automatically used instead.
3977
3978 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
3979 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003980
3981 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3982 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3983 unobvious parameters.
3984
3985 Example :
3986 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3987 backend private_monitoring
3988 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003989 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003990 stats uri /admin?stats
3991 stats refresh 5s
3992
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02003993 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02003994
3995
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003996stats realm <realm>
3997 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3998 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3999 yes | no | yes | yes
4000 Arguments :
4001 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4002 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4003 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4004
4005 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4006 using a backslash ('\').
4007
4008 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4009 only related to authentication.
4010
4011 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4012 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4013 unobvious parameters.
4014
4015 Example :
4016 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4017 backend public_www
4018 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4019 stats enable
4020 stats hide-version
4021 stats scope .
4022 stats uri /admin?stats
4023 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4024 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4025 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4026
4027 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4028 backend private_monitoring
4029 stats enable
4030 stats uri /admin?stats
4031 stats refresh 5s
4032
4033 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4034
4035
4036stats refresh <delay>
4037 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4038 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4039 yes | no | yes | yes
4040 Arguments :
4041 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4042 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4043 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4044 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4045 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4046 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4047
4048 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4049 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4050 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4051 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4052
4053 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4054 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4055 unobvious parameters.
4056
4057 Example :
4058 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4059 backend public_www
4060 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4061 stats enable
4062 stats hide-version
4063 stats scope .
4064 stats uri /admin?stats
4065 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4066 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4067 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4068
4069 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4070 backend private_monitoring
4071 stats enable
4072 stats uri /admin?stats
4073 stats refresh 5s
4074
4075 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4076
4077
4078stats scope { <name> | "." }
4079 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4080 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4081 yes | no | yes | yes
4082 Arguments :
4083 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4084 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4085 section in which the statement appears.
4086
4087 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4088 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4089 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4090 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4091 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4092 exists.
4093
4094 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4095 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4096 unobvious parameters.
4097
4098 Example :
4099 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4100 backend public_www
4101 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4102 stats enable
4103 stats hide-version
4104 stats scope .
4105 stats uri /admin?stats
4106 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4107 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4108 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4109
4110 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4111 backend private_monitoring
4112 stats enable
4113 stats uri /admin?stats
4114 stats refresh 5s
4115
4116 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4117
4118
4119stats uri <prefix>
4120 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4121 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4122 yes | no | yes | yes
4123 Arguments :
4124 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4125 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4126 query string.
4127
4128 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4129 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4130 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4131 possible to reach it in the application.
4132
4133 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
4134 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
4135 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4136 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4137 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4138 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4139
4140 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4141 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4142 an address or a port to statistics only.
4143
4144 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4145 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4146 unobvious parameters.
4147
4148 Example :
4149 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4150 backend public_www
4151 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4152 stats enable
4153 stats hide-version
4154 stats scope .
4155 stats uri /admin?stats
4156 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4157 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4158 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4159
4160 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4161 backend private_monitoring
4162 stats enable
4163 stats uri /admin?stats
4164 stats refresh 5s
4165
4166 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4167
4168
4169stats hide-version
4170 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4171 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4172 yes | no | yes | yes
4173 Arguments : none
4174
4175 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4176 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4177 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4178 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4179 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4180 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4181
4182 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4183 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4184 unobvious parameters.
4185
4186 Example :
4187 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4188 backend public_www
4189 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4190 stats enable
4191 stats hide-version
4192 stats scope .
4193 stats uri /admin?stats
4194 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4195 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4196 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4197
4198 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4199 backend private_monitoring
4200 stats enable
4201 stats uri /admin?stats
4202 stats refresh 5s
4203
4204 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4205
4206
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004207tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4208 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4209 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4210 no | yes | yes | no
4211
4212 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4213 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4214 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4215 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4216 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4217 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4218 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4219 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4220
4221 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4222 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4223
4224 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4225 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4226 "reject" statement.
4227
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004228 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004229
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004230 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004231
4232
4233tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4234 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4235 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4236 no | yes | yes | no
4237
4238 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4239 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4240 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4241 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4242 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4243 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4244 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4245 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4246
4247 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4248 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4249
4250 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4251 "accept".
4252
4253 Example:
4254 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4255 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4256 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4257 tcp-request reject if content_present
4258
4259 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4260 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4261 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4262 tcp-request accept if content_present
4263 tcp-request reject
4264
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004265 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004266
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004267 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004268
4269
4270tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4271 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4272 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4273 no | yes | yes | no
4274 Arguments :
4275 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4276 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4277 as explained at the top of this document.
4278
4279 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4280 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4281 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4282 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4283 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4284
4285 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4286 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4287 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4288 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004289 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4290 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4291 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4292 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004293
4294 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4295 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4296 it pass through unaffected.
4297
4298 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4299 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4300 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4301 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4302 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4303 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4304 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4305
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004306 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004307 "timeout client".
4308
4309
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004310timeout check <timeout>
4311 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4312 established.
4313
4314 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4315 yes | no | yes | yes
4316 Arguments:
4317 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4318 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4319 as explained at the top of this document.
4320
4321 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4322 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4323 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4324 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4325 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4326 long "timeout connect".
4327
4328 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4329 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4330
4331 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4332 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004333 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004334
4335 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4336 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4337 forget about it.
4338
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004339 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4340 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004341
4342
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004343timeout client <timeout>
4344timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4345 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4346 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4347 yes | yes | yes | no
4348 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004349 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004350 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4351 as explained at the top of this document.
4352
4353 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4354 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4355 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4356 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4357 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4358 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4359 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4360 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004361 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004362 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4363 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4364
4365 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4366 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4367 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4368 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4369 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4370 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4371
4372 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4373 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4374 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4375
4376 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4377
4378
4379timeout connect <timeout>
4380timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4381 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4382 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4383 yes | no | yes | yes
4384 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004385 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004386 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4387 as explained at the top of this document.
4388
4389 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004390 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004391 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4392 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004393 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4394 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004395
4396 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4397 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4398 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4399 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4400 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4401 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4402
4403 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4404 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4405 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4406
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004407 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4408 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004409
4410
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004411timeout http-request <timeout>
4412 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4413 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004414 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004415 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004416 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004417 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4418 as explained at the top of this document.
4419
4420 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4421 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4422 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4423 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4424 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4425 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4426 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4427 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4428
4429 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4430 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4431 used anymore.
4432
4433 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4434 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4435 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4436 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4437 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4438
4439 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004440 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4441 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4442 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004443
4444 See also : "timeout client".
4445
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004446
4447timeout queue <timeout>
4448 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4449 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4450 yes | no | yes | yes
4451 Arguments :
4452 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4453 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4454 as explained at the top of this document.
4455
4456 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4457 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4458 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4459 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4460 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4461
4462 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4463 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4464 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4465 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4466
4467 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4468
4469
4470timeout server <timeout>
4471timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4472 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4473 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4474 yes | no | yes | yes
4475 Arguments :
4476 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4477 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4478 as explained at the top of this document.
4479
4480 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4481 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4482 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4483 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4484 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4485 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4486 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4487
4488 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4489 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4490 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4491 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4492 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004493 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004494 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4495 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4496
4497 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4498 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4499 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4500 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4501 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4502 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4503
4504 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4505 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4506 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4507
4508 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4509
4510
4511timeout tarpit <timeout>
4512 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4513 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4514 yes | yes | yes | yes
4515 Arguments :
4516 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4517 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4518 as explained at the top of this document.
4519
4520 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4521 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4522 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4523
4524 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4525 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4526 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4527 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4528 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4529
4530 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4531
4532
4533transparent (deprecated)
4534 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4535 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004536 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004537 Arguments : none
4538
4539 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4540 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4541 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4542 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4543 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4544 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4545 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4546 appropriate server.
4547
4548 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4549
4550 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4551 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4552
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004553 See also: "option transparent"
4554
4555
4556use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4557use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004558 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004559 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4560 no | yes | yes | no
4561 Arguments :
4562 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4563
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004564 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004565
4566 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4567 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4568 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004569 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4570 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4571 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4572 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004573
4574 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4575 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4576 assign the backend.
4577
4578 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4579 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4580 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4581 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4582 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4583 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4584
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004585 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4586 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4587 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4588 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4589 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4590
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004591 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004592
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004593
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020045945. Server options
4595-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004596
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004597The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4598as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4599not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4600(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4601the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4602specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004603
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004604 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004605
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004606The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004607
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004608addr <ipv4>
4609 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4610 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4611 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4612 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4613 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004614
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004615backup
4616 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4617 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4618 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4619 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4620 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4621 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004622
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004623check
4624 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4625 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4626 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4627 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4628 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4629 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4630 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4631 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4632 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4633 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4634 more information.
4635
4636cookie <value>
4637 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4638 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4639 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4640 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4641 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4642 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4643 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4644
4645fall <count>
4646 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4647 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4648 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4649
4650id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004651 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4652 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4653 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004654
4655inter <delay>
4656fastinter <delay>
4657downinter <delay>
4658 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4659 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4660 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4661 between checks depending on the server state :
4662
4663 Server state | Interval used
4664 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4665 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4666 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4667 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4668 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4669 or yet unchecked. |
4670 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4671 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4672 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4673
4674 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4675 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4676 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4677 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4678 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4679 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4680 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4681 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4682 servers.
4683
4684maxconn <maxconn>
4685 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4686 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4687 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4688 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4689 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4690 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4691 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4692 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4693
4694maxqueue <maxqueue>
4695 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4696 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4697 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4698 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4699 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4700 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4701 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4702
4703minconn <minconn>
4704 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4705 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4706 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4707 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4708 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4709 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4710 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4711 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4712
4713port <port>
4714 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4715 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4716 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4717 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4718 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4719 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4720
4721redir <prefix>
4722 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4723 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4724 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4725 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4726 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4727 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4728 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4729 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4730 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4731 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4732 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4733 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4734 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4735 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4736
4737 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4738
4739rise <count>
4740 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4741 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4742 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4743
4744slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4745 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4746 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4747 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4748 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4749 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4750 parameters :
4751
4752 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4753 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4754
4755 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4756 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4757 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4758 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4759
4760 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4761 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4762 seen as failed.
4763
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004764source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4765source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004766 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4767 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4768 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4769 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4770
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004771 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4772 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4773 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4774 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4775 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4776 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4777 server.
4778
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004779track [<proxy>/]<server>
4780 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4781 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4782 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4783 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4784 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4785
4786weight <weight>
4787 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4788 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4789 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004790 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4791 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4792 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4793 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4794 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4795 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004796
4797
47986. HTTP header manipulation
4799---------------------------
4800
4801In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4802response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4803request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4804which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4805against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4806to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4807passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4808headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4809never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4810
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02004811There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
4812(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
4813rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
4814messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
4815in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
4816happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would inconditionally
4817add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
4818normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
4819
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004820This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4821in section 4.2 :
4822
4823 - reqadd <string>
4824 - reqallow <search>
4825 - reqiallow <search>
4826 - reqdel <search>
4827 - reqidel <search>
4828 - reqdeny <search>
4829 - reqideny <search>
4830 - reqpass <search>
4831 - reqipass <search>
4832 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4833 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4834 - reqtarpit <search>
4835 - reqitarpit <search>
4836 - rspadd <string>
4837 - rspdel <search>
4838 - rspidel <search>
4839 - rspdeny <search>
4840 - rspideny <search>
4841 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4842 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4843
4844With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4845is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4846parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4847prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4848Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4849
4850 \t for a tab
4851 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4852 \n for a new line (LF)
4853 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4854 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4855 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4856 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4857 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4858
4859The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4860portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4861above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4862regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
48639 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4864is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4865
4866The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4867after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4868
4869Notes related to these keywords :
4870---------------------------------
4871 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4872 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4873 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4874
4875 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4876 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4877 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4878
4879 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4880 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4881 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4882 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4883 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4884
4885 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4886 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4887 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4888 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4889 useless headers before adding new ones.
4890
4891 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4892 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4893
4894 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4895 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4896 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4897
4898 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4899 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4900 before switching.
4901
4902
49037. Using ACLs
4904-------------
4905
4906The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4907content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4908from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4909simple :
4910
4911 - define test criteria with sets of values
4912 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4913
4914The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4915
4916In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4917
4918 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4919
4920This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4921Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4922and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4923an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4924of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4925
4926ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4927'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4928which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4929
4930There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4931performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4932
4933The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4934
4935 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004936 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4937
4938Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004939
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004940 - integers or integer ranges
4941 - strings
4942 - regular expressions
4943 - IP addresses and networks
4944
4945
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049467.1. Matching integers
4947----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004948
4949Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4950that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4951expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4952may be omitted.
4953
4954For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4955unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4956representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4957
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004958As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4959two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4960instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4961ranges and operators.
4962
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004963For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004964operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4965Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4966of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004967
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004968Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004969
4970 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4971 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4972 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4973 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4974 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4975
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004976For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004977
4978 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4979
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004980This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4981
4982 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4983
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004984
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049857.2. Matching strings
4986---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004987
4988String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4989exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4990characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4991string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4992to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004993before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004994
4995
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049967.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4997-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004998
4999Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5000they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5001possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5002passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5003the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005004the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5005match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005006
5007
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050087.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5009----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005010
5011IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5012netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5013within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005014host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005015difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5016at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5017does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5018parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005019
5020
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050217.5. Available matching criteria
5022--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005023
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050247.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5025------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005026
5027A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5028analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5029addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5030
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005031always_false
5032 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5033 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5034
5035always_true
5036 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5037 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5038
5039src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005040 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005041 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5042 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5043
5044src_port <integer>
5045 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5046
5047dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005048 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005049 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5050
5051dst_port <integer>
5052 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5053 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5054
5055dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005056 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005057 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005058 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005059 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5060 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5061 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5062
5063fe_conn <integer>
5064fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5065 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5066 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5067 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5068 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5069 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5070 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5071 criteria.
5072
5073be_conn <integer>
5074be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5075 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5076 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5077 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5078 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5079 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005080
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005081nbsrv <integer>
5082nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5083 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5084 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5085 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5086 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5087 "monitor fail".
5088
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005089connslots <integer>
5090connslots(backend) <integer>
5091 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005092 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005093 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5094
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005095 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5096 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005097
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005098 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005099 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5100 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5101 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5102 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5103 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005104 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005105
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005106 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5107 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5108 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5109 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005110
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005111queue <integer>
5112queue(frontend) <integer>
5113 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5114 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5115 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5116 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5117 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5118 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5119 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5120
5121avg_queue <integer>
5122avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5123 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5124 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5125 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5126 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5127 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5128 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5129 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5130 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5131 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5132 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5133 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5134
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005135fe_sess_rate <integer>
5136fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5137 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5138 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5139 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5140 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5141 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5142 the rate to go down below the limit.
5143
5144 Example :
5145 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5146 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5147 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5148 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5149 frontend mail
5150 bind :25
5151 mode tcp
5152 maxconn 100
5153 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5154 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5155 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5156 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5157
5158be_sess_rate <integer>
5159be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5160 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5161 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5162 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
5163 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
5164 sucking of an online dictionary).
5165
5166 Example :
5167 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5168 backend dynamic
5169 mode http
5170 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5171 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5172
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005173
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051747.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5175-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005176
5177A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5178during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5179through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5180for more detailed information on the subject.
5181
5182req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005183 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005184 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5185 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5186 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5187 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5188 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5189 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5190
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005191req_proto_http
5192 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5193 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
5194 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
5195 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5196 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5197
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005198req_rdp_cookie <string>
5199req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5200 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5201 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5202 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5203 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5204 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5205 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5206 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5207 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5208
5209req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5210req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5211 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5212 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5213 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5214 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5215 cookies.
5216
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005217req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5218 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5219 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5220 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5221 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5222 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5223 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5224 with TCP request content inspection.
5225
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005226wait_end
5227 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5228 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5229 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5230 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5231 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5232 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5233 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5234 inspection.
5235
5236 Examples :
5237 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5238 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5239 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5240
5241 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5242 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5243 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5244 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5245 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5246 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5247 tcp-request content reject
5248
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005249
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052507.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5251--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005252
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005253A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005254application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5255read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5256than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5257
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005258method <string>
5259 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5260 already check for most common methods.
5261
5262req_ver <string>
5263 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5264 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5265
5266path <string>
5267 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5268 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5269 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5270
5271path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005272 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5273 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005274
5275path_end <string>
5276 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5277 control file name extension.
5278
5279path_sub <string>
5280 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5281 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5282 "path_dir".
5283
5284path_dir <string>
5285 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5286 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5287 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5288 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5289
5290path_dom <string>
5291 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5292 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5293 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5294
5295path_reg <regex>
5296 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5297 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5298 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5299
5300url <string>
5301 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5302 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5303
5304url_beg <string>
5305 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5306 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5307
5308url_end <string>
5309 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5310 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5311
5312url_sub <string>
5313 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5314 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5315
5316url_dir <string>
5317 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5318 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5319 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5320 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5321
5322url_dom <string>
5323 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5324 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5325 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5326
5327url_reg <regex>
5328 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5329 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5330 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5331
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005332url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005333 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5334 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005335 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005336
5337url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005338 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5339 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005340 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005341 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005342
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005343hdr <string>
5344hdr(header) <string>
5345 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5346 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005347 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5348 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005349
5350 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005351 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005352 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5353
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005354 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005355
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005356hdr_beg <string>
5357hdr_beg(header) <string>
5358 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5359 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005360
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005361hdr_end <string>
5362hdr_end(header) <string>
5363 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5364 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005365
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005366hdr_sub <string>
5367hdr_sub(header) <string>
5368 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5369 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005370
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005371hdr_dir <string>
5372hdr_dir(header) <string>
5373 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5374 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5375 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5376 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005377
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005378hdr_dom <string>
5379hdr_dom(header) <string>
5380 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5381 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5382 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5383 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005384
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005385hdr_reg <regex>
5386hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5387 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5388 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5389 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5390 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005392hdr_val <integer>
5393hdr_val(header) <integer>
5394 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5395 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5396 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5397 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005398
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005399hdr_cnt <integer>
5400hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5401 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5402 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5403 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5404 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5405 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5406 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005407
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005408hdr_ip <ip_address>
5409hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5410 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5411 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5412 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5413
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005414
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054157.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5416---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005417
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005418Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5419every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5420order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5421only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005422
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005423ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5424---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5425TRUE always_true always match
5426FALSE always_false never match
5427LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005428HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005429HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5430HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5431METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5432METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5433METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5434METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5435METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5436METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5437HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5438HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5439HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5440HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005441RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005442REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5443WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5444---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005445
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005446
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054477.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5448----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005449
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005450Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5451combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005452
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005453 - AND (implicit)
5454 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5455 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005456
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005457A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005458
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005459 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005460
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005461Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5462indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005463
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005464For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5465"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5466requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5467is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005468
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005469 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5470 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5471 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5472 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005473
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005474To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5475and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005476
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005477 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5478 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5479 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5480 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005481
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005482 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5483 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5484 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5485 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005486
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005487See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005488
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005489
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054908. Logging
5491----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005492
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005493One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5494provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5495very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5496provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5497state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5498to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5499headers.
5500
5501In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5502about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5503send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5504
5505 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5506 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5507 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5508 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5509 at the termination.
5510
5511The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5512allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5513as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5514while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5515real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5516delay.
5517
5518
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055198.1. Log levels
5520---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005521
5522TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5523source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5524HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5525in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5526particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005527syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005528facilities.
5529
5530
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055318.2. Log formats
5532----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005533
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005534HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005535and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5536the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5537formats are the following ones :
5538
5539 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5540 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5541 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5542 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5543 extents.
5544
5545 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5546 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5547 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5548 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5549 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5550
5551 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5552 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5553 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5554 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5555 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5556
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005557 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5558 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5559 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5560 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5561
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005562Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5563specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5564field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5565servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5566always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5567identifier.
5568
5569Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5570 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5571 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5572 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5573 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5574
5575
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055768.2.1. Default log format
5577-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005578
5579This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5580as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5581format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5582
5583 Example :
5584 listen www
5585 mode http
5586 log global
5587 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5588
5589 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5590 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5591 (www/HTTP)
5592
5593 Field Format Extract from the example above
5594 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5595 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5596 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5597 4 'to' to
5598 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5599 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5600
5601Detailed fields description :
5602 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5603 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5604 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5605 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5606 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5607 and processed the connection.
5608 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5609
5610It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5611will eventually disappear.
5612
5613
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056148.2.2. TCP log format
5615---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005616
5617The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5618is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5619information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5620counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5621emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5622environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5623the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5624sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005625specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5626not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5627fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5628marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005629
5630 Example :
5631 frontend fnt
5632 mode tcp
5633 option tcplog
5634 log global
5635 default_backend bck
5636
5637 backend bck
5638 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5639
5640 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5641 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5642 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5643
5644 Field Format Extract from the example above
5645 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5646 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5647 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5648 4 frontend_name fnt
5649 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5650 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5651 7 bytes_read* 212
5652 8 termination_state --
5653 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5654 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5655
5656Detailed fields description :
5657 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5658 connection to haproxy.
5659
5660 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5661
5662 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5663 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5664 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5665 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5666
5667 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5668 and processed the connection.
5669
5670 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5671 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5672 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5673 applications.
5674
5675 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5676 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5677 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5678 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5679 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5680
5681 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5682 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5683 See "Timers" below for more details.
5684
5685 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5686 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5687 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5688 "Timers" below for more details.
5689
5690 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5691 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5692 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5693 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5694 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5695 details.
5696
5697 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5698 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5699 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5700 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5701 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5702
5703 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5704 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5705 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5706 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5707 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5708 for more details.
5709
5710 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5711 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5712 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5713 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5714 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005715 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005716
5717 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5718 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5719 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5720 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5721 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5722 caused by a denial of service attack.
5723
5724 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5725 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5726 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5727 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5728 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5729 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5730 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5731 denial of service attack.
5732
5733 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5734 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5735 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5736 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5737 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5738 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5739 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5740 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5741 be processed than on other servers.
5742
5743 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5744 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5745 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5746 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5747 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5748 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5749 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5750 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5751 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5752 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5753 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5754 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5755 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5756
5757 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5758 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5759 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5760 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5761 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5762 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5763 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5764 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5765
5766 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5767 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5768 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5769 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5770 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5771 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5772 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5773 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5774 occurs.
5775
5776
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057778.2.3. HTTP log format
5778----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005779
5780The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5781is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5782the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5783are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5784emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5785generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5786"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5787which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005788frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5789is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005790
5791Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5792slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5793with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5794
5795 Example :
5796 frontend http-in
5797 mode http
5798 option httplog
5799 log global
5800 default_backend bck
5801
5802 backend static
5803 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5804
5805 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5806 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5807 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5808 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5809
5810 Field Format Extract from the example above
5811 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5812 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5813 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5814 4 frontend_name http-in
5815 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5816 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5817 7 status_code 200
5818 8 bytes_read* 2750
5819 9 captured_request_cookie -
5820 10 captured_response_cookie -
5821 11 termination_state ----
5822 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5823 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5824 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5825 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5826 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5827
5828
5829Detailed fields description :
5830 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5831 connection to haproxy.
5832
5833 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5834
5835 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5836 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5837 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5838 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5839 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5840
5841 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5842 and processed the connection.
5843
5844 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5845 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5846 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5847
5848 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5849 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5850 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5851 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5852 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5853 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5854
5855 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5856 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5857 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5858 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5859 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5860 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5861
5862 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5863 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5864 See "Timers" below for more details.
5865
5866 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5867 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5868 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5869 below for more details.
5870
5871 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5872 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5873 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5874 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5875 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5876 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5877 for more details.
5878
5879 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5880 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5881 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5882 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5883 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5884 details.
5885
5886 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5887 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5888 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5889
5890 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5891 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5892 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5893 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5894 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5895 overflowing.
5896
5897 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5898 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5899 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5900 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5901 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5902 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5903 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5904 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5905
5906 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5907 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5908 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5909 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5910 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5911 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5912 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5913 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5914
5915 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5916 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5917 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5918 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5919 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5920 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5921 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5922
5923 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5924 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5925 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5926 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5927 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005928 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005929 system.
5930
5931 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5932 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5933 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5934 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5935 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5936 caused by a denial of service attack.
5937
5938 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5939 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5940 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5941 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5942 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5943 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5944 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5945 denial of service attack.
5946
5947 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5948 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5949 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5950 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5951 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5952 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5953 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5954 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5955 processed than on other servers.
5956
5957 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5958 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5959 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5960 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5961 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5962 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5963 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5964 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5965 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5966 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5967 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5968 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5969 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5970
5971 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5972 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5973 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5974 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5975 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5976 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5977 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5978 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5979
5980 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5981 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5982 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5983 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5984 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5985 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5986 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5987 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5988 occurs.
5989
5990 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5991 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5992 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5993 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5994 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5995 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5996 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5997 cookies" below for more details.
5998
5999 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6000 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6001 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6002 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6003 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6004 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6005 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6006 and cookies" below for more details.
6007
6008 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6009 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6010 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6011 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6012 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6013 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6014 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6015 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6016
6017
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060188.3. Advanced logging options
6019-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006020
6021Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6022just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6023options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6024for more information about their usage.
6025
6026
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060278.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6028------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006029
6030It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6031haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6032commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6033monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6034ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6035
6036 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6037 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6038 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6039 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6040
6041 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6042 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6043 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6044 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6045 such as other load-balancers.
6046
6047 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6048 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6049 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6050
6051
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060528.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6053----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006054
6055The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6056what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6057or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6058"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6059just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6060log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6061after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6062is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6063with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6064with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6065
6066
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060678.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6068------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006069
6070Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6071for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6072"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6073retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6074raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6075a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6076file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6077you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6078"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6079
6080
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060818.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6082--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006083
6084Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6085multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6086them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6087"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6088logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6089error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6090and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6091too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6092useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6093alternative.
6094
6095
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060968.4. Timing events
6097------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006098
6099Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6100reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6101the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6102frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6103mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6104
6105 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6106 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6107 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6108 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6109 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6110
6111 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6112 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6113 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6114 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6115 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6116
6117 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6118 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6119 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6120 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6121 connection never established.
6122
6123 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6124 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6125 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6126 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6127 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6128 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6129 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6130 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6131 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6132 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6133 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6134
6135 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6136 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6137 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6138 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6139 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6140
6141 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6142
6143 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6144 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6145 negative.
6146
6147These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6148protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6149that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
6150due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
6151close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6152session has been aborted on timeout.
6153
6154Most common cases :
6155
6156 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6157 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6158 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6159 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6160 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6161 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6162 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6163 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6164 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6165 connections have been accepted at once.
6166
6167 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6168 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6169 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6170 of ms on remote networks.
6171
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006172 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6173 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6174 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006175
6176 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6177 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6178 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6179 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6180 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6181 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6182 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6183 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6184 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6185 to the server until another one is released.
6186
6187Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6188
6189 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6190 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6191 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6192
6193 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6194 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6195 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6196
6197 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6198 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6199 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6200 flags.
6201
6202 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6203 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6204 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6205 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6206 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6207 the client connection was maintained open.
6208
6209 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6210 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6211 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6212 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6213
6214
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062158.5. Session state at disconnection
6216-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006217
6218TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6219"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
62202-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6221each of which has a special meaning :
6222
6223 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6224 session to terminate :
6225
6226 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6227
6228 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6229 server explicitly refused it.
6230
6231 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6232 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6233 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6234 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6235 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6236 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6237
6238 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6239 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6240 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6241 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6242 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6243
6244 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6245 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6246 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6247 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6248 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6249
6250 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6251 send or receive data.
6252
6253 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6254 send or receive data.
6255
6256 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6257 with nothing left in the buffers.
6258
6259 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6260
6261 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6262 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6263
6264 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6265 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6266 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6267 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6268 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6269
6270 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6271 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6272
6273 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6274 server (HTTP only).
6275
6276 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6277
6278 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6279 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6280 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6281
6282 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6283 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6284 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6285
6286 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6287
6288 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6289 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6290
6291 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6292 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6293 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6294
6295 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6296 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6297 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6298
6299 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6300 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6301 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6302 another server.
6303
6304 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6305 server.
6306
6307 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6308
6309 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6310 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6311
6312 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6313
6314 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6315 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6316 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6317
6318 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6319
6320 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6321 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6322
6323 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6324
6325 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6326
6327The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6328happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6329helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6330starvation, attacks, etc...
6331
6332The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6333alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6334easier finding and understanding.
6335
6336 Flags Reason
6337
6338 -- Normal termination.
6339
6340 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6341 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6342 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6343 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6344
6345 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6346 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6347 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6348 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6349 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6350 by the client.
6351
6352 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6353 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6354 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6355
6356 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6357 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6358 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6359
6360 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6361 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6362 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6363 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6364 the server takes too long to respond.
6365
6366 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6367 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6368 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6369 long a time to respond.
6370
6371 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6372 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6373 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6374 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6375 and the client.
6376
6377 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6378 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6379 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6380 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6381 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6382 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6383
6384 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6385 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006386 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6387 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6388 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6389 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006390
6391 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6392 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6393 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6394 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6395 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6396 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6397
6398 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6399 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6400 503 or 504 here.
6401
6402 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6403 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6404 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6405 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6406 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6407
6408 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6409 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6410 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6411 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6412 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6413
6414 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6415 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6416 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6417 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6418 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6419 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6420 between haproxy and the server.
6421
6422 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6423 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6424 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6425 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6426 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6427 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6428 solution is to fix the application.
6429
6430 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6431 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6432 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6433 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6434 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6435 external attacks.
6436
6437 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6438 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6439 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6440 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6441 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6442
6443 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6444 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6445 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6446 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6447 containing unauthorized characters.
6448
6449 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6450 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6451 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6452 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6453
6454 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6455 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6456 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6457 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6458
6459 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6460 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6461 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6462 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6463
6464
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064658.6. Non-printable characters
6466-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006467
6468In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6469consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6470converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6471prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6472being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6473escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6474is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6475'}' when logging headers.
6476
6477Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6478issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6479containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6480
6481Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6482the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6483performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6484
6485
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064868.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6487---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006488
6489Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6490achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006491section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006492cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6493the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6494the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006495locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006496not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6497user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6498a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6499wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6500
6501 Examples :
6502 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6503 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6504
6505 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6506 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6507
6508
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065098.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6510---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006511
6512Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6513proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6514the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6515server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6516
6517Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6518response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006519section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006520
6521It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6522time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6523appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6524are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6525and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6526follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6527request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6528in the logs.
6529
6530 Example :
6531 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6532 listen proxy-out
6533 mode http
6534 option httplog
6535 option logasap
6536 log global
6537 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6538
6539 # log the name of the virtual server
6540 capture request header Host len 20
6541
6542 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6543 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6544
6545 # log the beginning of the referrer
6546 capture request header Referer len 20
6547
6548 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6549 capture response header Server len 20
6550
6551 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6552 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6553
6554 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6555 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6556
6557 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6558 capture response header Via len 20
6559
6560 # log the URL location during a redirection
6561 capture response header Location len 20
6562
6563 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6564 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6565 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6566 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6567 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6568
6569 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6570 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6571 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6572 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6573 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6574
6575 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6576 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6577 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6578 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6579 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6580 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6581
6582
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020065838.9. Examples of logs
6584---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006585
6586These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6587them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6588reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6589
6590 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6591 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6592 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6593
6594 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6595 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6596
6597 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6598 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6599 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6600
6601 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6602 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6603
6604 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6605 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6606 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6607
6608 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6609 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6610 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6611 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6612
6613 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6614 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6615 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6616
6617 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6618 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6619 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6620 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6621 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6622 to return the 502 and not the server.
6623
6624 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6625 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6626
6627 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6628 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6629 Nothing was sent to any server.
6630
6631 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6632 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6633
6634 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6635 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6636 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6637 send a 408 return code to the client.
6638
6639 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6640 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6641
6642 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6643 5 seconds ("c----").
6644
6645 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6646 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6647 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6648
6649 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006650 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006651 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6652 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6653 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6654 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6655 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006656
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006657
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066589. Statistics and monitoring
6659----------------------------
6660
6661It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6662mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6663CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6664Unix socket.
6665
6666
66679.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006668---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006669
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006670The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6671page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6672
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006673 0. pxname: proxy name
6674 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6675 for server)
6676 2. qcur: current queued requests
6677 3. qmax: max queued requests
6678 4. scur: current sessions
6679 5. smax: max sessions
6680 6. slim: sessions limit
6681 7. stot: total sessions
6682 8. bin: bytes in
6683 9. bout: bytes out
6684 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006685 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006686 12. ereq: request errors
6687 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006688 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006689 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6690 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6691 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6692 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6693 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6694 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6695 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6696 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6697 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6698 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6699 25. qlimit: queue limit
6700 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6701 27. iid: unique proxy id
6702 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6703 29. throttle: warm up status
6704 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6705 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006706 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006707 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6708 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6709 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006710 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6711 UNK -> unknown
6712 INI -> initializing
6713 SOCKERR -> socket error
6714 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6715 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6716 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6717 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6718 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6719 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6720 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6721 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6722 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6723 disable-on-404
6724 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6725 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6726 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6727 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6728 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006729
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006730
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067319.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006732-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006733
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006734The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006735must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6736is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6737a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6738risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6739followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6740given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6741then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6742to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006743
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006744It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6745on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6746own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006747
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006748help
6749 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
6750 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006751
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006752prompt
6753 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
6754 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
6755 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
6756 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
6757 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
6758 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
6759 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
6760 command.
6761
6762quit
6763 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006764
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006765show errors [<iid>]
6766 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6767 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006768 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
6769 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
6770 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006771
6772 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6773 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6774 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6775 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6776 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6777 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6778 are reported too.
6779
6780 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6781 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6782 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6783 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6784 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6785 code.
6786
6787 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6788 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6789 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6790 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6791 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6792 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6793 line.
6794
6795 Example :
6796 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6797 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6798 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6799 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6800
6801 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6802 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6803 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6804 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6805 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6806 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6807 00204+ minal\r\n
6808 00211 \r\n
6809
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006810 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006811 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6812 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6813 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6814 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6815 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6816 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006817
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006818show info
6819 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6820
6821show sess
6822 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006823 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
6824 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
6825
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006826
6827show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6828 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6829 possible to dump only selected items :
6830 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6831 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6832 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6833 for example:
6834 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6835 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6836 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6837
6838 Example :
6839 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
6840 Name: HAProxy
6841 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
6842 Release_date: 2009/09/23
6843 Nbproc: 1
6844 Process_num: 1
6845 (...)
6846
6847 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
6848 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
6849 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
6850 (...)
6851 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
6852
6853 $
6854
6855 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
6856 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
6857 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
6858 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
6859 the reader knows the output has not been trucated.
6860
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006861clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006862 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
6863 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
6864 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006865 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
6866 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02006867
6868clear counters all
6869 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02006870 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
6871 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
6872
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02006873get weight <backend>/<server>
6874 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
6875 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
6876 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
6877 unless the current weight has been changed.
6878
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02006879set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
6880 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
6881 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
6882 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
6883 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
6884 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
6885 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
6886 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
6887 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
6888 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
6889 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
6890 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
6891 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
6892
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02006893
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006894/*
6895 * Local variables:
6896 * fill-column: 79
6897 * End:
6898 */